morris samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · morris...

48
Year 7 Spring 2 Knowledge Organiser Alan Sillitoe House Colour: Yellow Samuels had lived all his life in St Ann's and was known in his community. He commanded respect. More importantly, though, Samuels was an ex-footballer. He had played for the Nos County junior team and gone on to make a career with semi-professional Ilkeston Town unl age and injury caught up with him. "No one was doing anything to tackle gang crime," he says. "Youth clubs and table tennis don't work with guns and knives. And the police just didn't get it. So I came up with a simple plan: to form a football team from members of all three rival gangs. I believed that if I could get them playing football together, there was a chance they would start talking to one another. And once they were talking to each other, anything was possible." Samuels called his team Unity and started recruing players by going down to each of the three estates to try to persuade gang members to give it a go. By 2005 he had 24 lsigned up – 13 from the Meadows, six from St Ann's and the rest from Radford. "I wanted to make the setup as professional as possible," Samuels says. "Much as the lads wanted to play football, they wouldn't have bothered to turn up if I'd only been offering them matches on local park pitches. So I made them all wear shirts and es to travel – if anyone didn't have them, I bought them for him and if anyone refused to wear them, they got sent home – and we played our first match against Ilkeston Town." Unity now runs three programmes – seniors aged 17-25, juniors aged 11-16 and girls aged 11-25 – and has more than 800 young people on its books. House Colour: Red Ada Lovelace House Colour: Green Mr Samuels dedicated the MBE* to young people who have lost their livesand to his family, including his daughter. Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An MBE, Most Excellent Order of the Brish Empire, is an award given by the Queen to an individual for outstanding service to the community or local 'hands on' service.

Upload: others

Post on 11-Apr-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

Year 7

Spring 2 Knowledge Organiser

Alan Sillitoe

House Colour Yellow

Samuels had lived all his life in St Anns and was known in his community He commanded respect More

importantly though Samuels was an ex-footballer He had played for the Notts County junior team and gone on to

make a career with semi-professional Ilkeston Town until age and injury caught up with him

No one was doing anything to tackle gang crime he says Youth clubs and table tennis dont work with guns and

knives And the police just didnt get it So I came up with a simple plan to form a football team from members of

all three rival gangs I believed that if I could get them playing football together there was a chance they would

start talking to one another And once they were talking to each other anything was possible

Samuels called his team Unity and started recruiting players by going down to each of the three estates to try to

persuade gang members to give it a go By 2005 he had 24 lsigned up ndash 13 from the Meadows six from St Anns and

the rest from Radford I wanted to make the setup as professional as possible Samuels says Much as the lads

wanted to play football they wouldnt have bothered to turn up if Id only been offering them matches on local

park pitches So I made them all wear shirts and ties to travel ndash if anyone didnt have them I bought them for him

and if anyone refused to wear them they got sent home ndash and we played our first match against Ilkeston Town

Unity now runs three programmes ndash seniors aged 17-25 juniors aged 11-16 and girls aged 11-25 ndash and has more

than 800 young people on its books House Colour Red

Ada Lovelace

House Colour Green

Mr Samuels dedicated the MBE to

ldquoyoung people who have lost their

livesrdquo and to his family including his

daughter

Morris Samuels

Morris Samuels

Rebecca Adlington

House Colour Blue

An MBE Most Excellent Order of the British Empire is an award given by the Queen to an individual for outstanding service to the community or local hands on service

2

3

Contents

Timetable

Reading Log

Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb

Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March

Principalrsquos Reading 9th March

Principalrsquos Reading 16th March

Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March

Principalrsquos Reading 30th March

Power writing template

Subject English

Subject Maths

Subject Science

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

16

18

20

Subject Geography

Subject History

Subject Spanish

Subject ICT

Subject Product Design 1

Subject Product Design 2

Subject Food Technology

Subject Art and Design

Subject Music

Subject Drama

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

4

Timetable Belong to BBA

Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 2nd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 9th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 16th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 23rd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 30th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

ALL WEEKS

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

5

Reading Log

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 2nd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 9th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 16th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 23rd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_______________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 30th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Belong to BBA

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 2: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

2

3

Contents

Timetable

Reading Log

Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb

Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March

Principalrsquos Reading 9th March

Principalrsquos Reading 16th March

Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March

Principalrsquos Reading 30th March

Power writing template

Subject English

Subject Maths

Subject Science

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

16

18

20

Subject Geography

Subject History

Subject Spanish

Subject ICT

Subject Product Design 1

Subject Product Design 2

Subject Food Technology

Subject Art and Design

Subject Music

Subject Drama

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

4

Timetable Belong to BBA

Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 2nd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 9th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 16th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 23rd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 30th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

ALL WEEKS

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

5

Reading Log

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 2nd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 9th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 16th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 23rd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_______________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 30th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Belong to BBA

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 3: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

3

Contents

Timetable

Reading Log

Principalrsquos Reading 24th Feb

Principalrsquos Reading 2nd March

Principalrsquos Reading 9th March

Principalrsquos Reading 16th March

Principalrsquos Reading 23rd March

Principalrsquos Reading 30th March

Power writing template

Subject English

Subject Maths

Subject Science

4

5

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

16

18

20

Subject Geography

Subject History

Subject Spanish

Subject ICT

Subject Product Design 1

Subject Product Design 2

Subject Food Technology

Subject Art and Design

Subject Music

Subject Drama

22

24

26

28

30

32

34

36

38

40

4

Timetable Belong to BBA

Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 2nd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 9th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 16th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 23rd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 30th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

ALL WEEKS

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

5

Reading Log

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 2nd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 9th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 16th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 23rd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_______________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 30th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Belong to BBA

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 4: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

4

Timetable Belong to BBA

Year 7 Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 2nd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 9th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 16th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 23rd March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Music DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

wb 30th March

English History or Geography (whichever you have 2 lessons of)

Science Maths 200 word challenge from this weekrsquos library lesson

ICT Drama DampT Spanish Principalrsquos Reading

For next week

ALL WEEKS

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

20 mins reading of your

own book

(record on Reading Log)

5

Reading Log

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 2nd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 9th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 16th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 23rd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_______________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 30th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Belong to BBA

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 5: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

5

Reading Log

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday

wb 24th Feb

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 2nd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 9th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 16th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 23rd March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_______________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

wb 30th March

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed_________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed__________________

Read

For _________ minutes

Signed________________

Belong to BBA

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 6: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

6

Principalrsquos Reading

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 7: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

7

Principalrsquos Reading wb 24th Feb

Torvill and Dean English figure skaters who revolutionized the

sport of ice dancing At the 1984 Winter Olympics in Sarajevo

Yugoslavia (now in Bosnia and Herzegovina) Jayne Torvill (b

October 7 1957 Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) and

Christopher Dean (in full Christopher Colin Dean b July 27 1958

Nottingham Nottinghamshire England) performed a free-dance

interpretation of Maurice Ravelrsquos Boleacutero that earned them a gold

medal and an unprecedented perfect score of 60 for artistic

impression from all nine Olympic judges

Torvill and Dean were already accomplished figure skaters with

other partners when they first joined forces in 1975mdashTorvill was

the British junior pairs champion Dean the British junior ice

dance champion They built their partnership into a formidable

dance team while working full-time Torvill as an insurance clerk

and Dean as a Nottingham police constable They became British

national champions in 1978 and received their first 60 for

artistrymdashover their career they accumulated a total of 136 such

marks After a generous financial sponsorship from the

Nottingham City Council allowed them to quit their regular jobs

they won the first of four consecutive world championships in

1981

Following their overwhelming victories at the Olympics and the

subsequent 1984 World Championships Torvill and Dean turned

professional

Belong to BBA

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 8: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

8

Principalrsquos Reading wb 2nd March

The MRI Scanner

Sir Peter made the famous breakthrough at the University of

Nottingham in 1977 which led to MRI or Magnetic Resonance

Imaging being used in hospitals all over the world

Sir Peter won a Nobel Prize in 2003 for his contribution to

physiology and medicine and had a tram named after him in

2015

He was born in London in 1933 and moved to Nottingham to

become a lecturer at the department of physics at the University

of Nottingham in 1964

In 1968 Sir Peter was appointed senior lecturer and it was

during this time he and his colleagues were credited with the

invention of the MRI scanner

Expert quotes

ldquoNottingham showed its pride and respect for Sir Peter by

making him an Honorary Freeman of the city which not only

recognised his contribution to the world but also the inspiration

he has provided to Nottingham peoplerdquo

ldquoFew people can look back on a career and conclude that they

have changed the world In pioneering MRI that is exactly what

Sir Peter Mansfield has done he has changed our world for the

betterrsquorsquo

ldquoAs a scientific leader and a highly prized colleague he has left

an extraordinary legacy which will continue to inspire others to

change the worldrdquo

Belong to BBA

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 9: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

9

Principalrsquos Reading wb 9th March

The Willoughby family can trace its descent back to

Ralph Bugge a Nottingham merchant who bought lands

in Willoughby-on-the-Wolds Nottinghamshire in the

thirteenth century

The Willoughbys acquired various other properties

through marriage and purchase chief among which

were the Wollaton and Cossall estates in

Nottinghamshire in the fourteenth century and the

Middleton estate in Warwickshire in the fifteenth

century

Sir Francis Willoughby (d 1596) completed the building

of Wollaton Hall in 1588 Sir Francis had no sons and

the greater part of the estate passed to his son-in-law

Sir Percival Willoughby of Bore Place Kent (d 1643)

husband of Sir Franciss eldest daughter Bridget and a

descendent of the Willoughby de Eresby family From

then on the estate has passed in unbroken male

succession to the present day

Wollaton Hall is an Elizabethan country house of the

1580s standing on a small but prominent hill in Wollaton

Park Nottingham England The house is now

Nottingham Natural History Museum with Nottingham

Industrial Museum in the outbuildings The surrounding

parkland has a herd of deer and is regularly used for

large-scale outdoor events such as rock concerts

sporting events and festivals

Wollaton is a classic prodigy house the architectural

sensation of its age though its builder was not a

leading courtier and its construction stretched the

resources he mainly obtained from coal-mining the

original family home was at the bottom of the hill

Prodigy= noble palaces of an awesome scale proud

ambitious heaps

Belong to BBA

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 10: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

10

Principalrsquos Reading wb 16th March

Goose Fair is one of Europersquos largest travelling fairs with a history

that dates back more than 700 years Experience the array of Roller

Coasters Water Rides Giant Wheel Bombers Dodgems Twists

Waltzers and Miamis familiar to Goose Fair alongside the traditional

funfair attractions Gallopers Chairs and Cakewalk rides

One of the longest-running fairs in history has its home right here in

Nottingham Indeed Goose Fair goes back so far that no one knows

for sure exactly how it got its name

Most historians agree the fair probably started just after 1284 when

the Charter of King Edward I referred to city fairs in Nottingham

The name probably came from the hundreds of geese which were

driven from Lincolnshire to be sold in Nottingham A fat roast goose

was a traditional Michaelmas treat

The fair was originally held in September on St Matthewrsquos Day but

moved to early October in 1752

Goose Fair has not run continuously as it was cancelled because of

the plague in 1646 and again during the two World Wars in the last

century

In the 19th century the fair was shortened from eight days to three

days but after the turn of the century it was increased again to four

days

It was moved from its site at the centre of the town in Market

Square to its current location at Forest Recreation Ground in the

1920s

Belong to BBA

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 11: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

11

Principalrsquos Reading wb 27th March

The History of Nottinghamrsquos Lace Market

Once the heart of the worlds lace industry during the days of the British

Empire it is full of impressive examples of 19th century industrial

architecture and thus is a protected heritage area It was never a market in

the sense of having stalls but there were salesrooms and warehouses for

storing displaying and selling the lace Most of the area is typical Victorian

with densely packed 4-7 story red brick building lined streets Iron railings

old gas lamps and red phone boxes a plenty also help give the through

walker a sense of going back in time to Victorian England The Adams

Building (now part of the City campus of New College Nottingham) was

designed by Thomas Chambers Hine and was built for Thomas Adams a

notable Quaker who did much to improve the typical Victorian working

conditions in his factories

There are some non Victorian parts to the area as well though such as High

Pavement which is a handsome Georgian street and home to the Galleries of

Justice and St Marys Church

The area is sited on the area of the original Saxon settlement that became

Nottingham and also boasts the oldest Christian Foundation in the city

predating the Norman conquest St Marys Church on High Pavement is

believed to be the third church to have stood there but was itself completed

in 1474 and is an excellent example of early English Perpendicular

architecture

Every large British city has been affected by the decline of traditional

industries Once the principal engine of Nottinghams growth the lace

market powered a hosiery industry with 25000 mostly female workers at its

peak in the 1890s Lace declined as technology changed and the working

population fell below 5000 in the 1970s with many of the factories

becoming derelict and the area falling into decline The Lace Market has

undergone a renaissance and become a flagship for the citys post industrial

regeneration

Belong to BBA

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 12: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

12

Principalrsquos Reading wb 30th March

Newstead Abbeyndash The Ancestral Home of Lord Byron

A beautiful historic house set in a glorious landscape of gardens and

parkland within the heart of Nottinghamshire Founded as a monastic

house in the late 12th century Newstead was home to the poet Lord

Byron between 1808 - 1814 Inside the Abbey there is much to explore

including Victorian room settings and the poets private apartments

The gardens and parkland at Newstead Abbey cover more than 300 acres

with paths that meander past lakes ponds and waterfalls The formal

gardens are the perfect place to relax and offer something in all seasons

from the bright colours of the rhododendrons in late spring to the

Japanese maples in autumn

Newstead had been the Byron family home since 1540 when Sir John

Byron acquired it from Henry VIII When the poet inherited the mansion it

was empty and partly ruinous The gardens were a wilderness Financial

difficulties had forced his great-uncle to sell off the contents of the house -

even the fireplaces were auctioned off Byrons legacy did not include any

money to repair or furnish the dilapidated Abbey He could not afford

even the minor repairs which he ordered to be carried out soon after he

moved in For economys sake he re-decorated and furnished only some

of the smaller rooms and was obliged to leave the rest semi-derelict

During his brief residence at Newstead Byron established an eccentric

household well-suited to his bachelor days The two largest rooms the

Great Hall and the Great Dining Room had been cleared out and

abandoned since before Byron was born Lacking the means to restore

them to their former glory the poet used them for sporting activities

There he and his university friends practised fencing boxing and pistol

shooting From his student rooms at Trinity College he brought his gilded

bed and a tame bear

Belong to BBA

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 13: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

13

200 Word Challenges

Power 1

Power 2

Power 3 Power 3

Power 2 Power 2

Power 3

Power Plus

Plan your response to take the thinking out of the writing process

This will allow you to focus on how well you are writing rather

than what you are writing

Power 1mdashyour main idea

Power 2mdash3 supporting ideas

Power 3mdashdetails for each supporting idea

Power Plusmdashinteresting vocabulary devices

Belong to BBA

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 14: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

14

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 15: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

15

Knowledge Organiser

Subjects

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 16: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

16

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Pathetic Fallacy

In literature the attribution of

human feelings and characteris-

tics to inanimate things ( Ex the

angry sea a stubborn door)

Personification

Using human characteristics to

describe things (Ex the trees

sighed)

Tension

A feeling of worry or anxiety

which makes it difficult for you to

relax

Atmosphere The atmosphere of a place is the

general impression you get of it

Protagonist

The main character or people in a

novel

Antagonist

A person who competes with the

main character often known as

the lsquovillainrsquo of a text

Setting

A particular setting is a place or

type of surroundings where

something is or takes place

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Eerie Strange and frightening

Uncanny Strange and difficult to explain

Vulnerable Weak and without protection

Unreliable Cannot be trusted

Isolated A long wat away from large towns

Supernatural Things that canrsquot be explained

according to natural science

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

This is an image of a causeway A causeway is a raised

path which crosses water or land when the tide is out

when the tide is in the path cannot be used

_______________________________________________

Extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo by Daphne Du Maurier describing a

dream about the place where the narrator used to live

The drive was a ribbon now a thread of its former self

with gravel surface gone and choked with grass and

moss The trees had thrown out low branches making

an impediment to progress the gnarled roots looked

like skeleton claws Scattered here and again amongst

this jungle growth I would recognize shrubs that had

been landmarks in our time things of culture and

grace hydrangeas whose blue heads had been famous

No hand had checked their progress and they had

gone native now rearing to monster height without a

bloom black and ugly as the nameless parasites that

grew beside them

Subject English Topic Introduction to Gothic literature Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Typical genre features

1 Death and darkness

2 Supernatural (magic ghosts monsters curses)

3 Focus on body parts

4 Depiction of madness and hyperbolic (exaggerated)

emotion 5 Mystery terror and suspense

Archetypal characters

1 Characters with high social status eg princes counts

2 Female victims threatened by a powerful male

3 Threatening women who are monsters or vampires

4 Powerful tyrannical male figures

5 Villains vampires ghosts werewolves

Typical settings

1 Wild landscapes

2 Medieval style castles churches or abbeys

3 Gloomy decayed and ruined environments

4 Remote uninhabited places (older gothic) or monsters

intermingling in everyday life (newer gothic) 5 Volatile and threatening weather (symbolism)

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 17: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

17

Year 7 English

wb 24th February

Dual coding create a symbol to help you remember what each of the words from the Tier 3 vocabulary means For

example for lsquopathetic fallacyrsquo you might draw a rain cloud or thunder The best symbols might get chosen to be used in

lessons

wb 2nd March

Pick five words form the Tier 2 vocabulary and come up with five synonyms for each word to create an inference bank You

might need to use a thesaurus

Help a synonym is a word that means a similar thing but is different to your original word for example lsquosadrsquo and

lsquomiserablersquo lsquomelancholyrsquo etc

wb 9th March Have a look at the lsquoArchetypal Charactersrsquo list in Section 2 pick one of the characters yoursquove learnt about in lesson write an

explanation describing which one (from the archetypal character list) you think that character might be and explain why

wb 16th March

Have a look at the lsquoTypical Settingsrsquo list in Section 2 pick one that interests you plan what it might look like and what

you might hear see smell and feel if you were stood there now Write a 150 word description of this place using sensory

language

wb 23rd March Using the image in Section 3 Write 100 words explaining why lsquoa causewayrsquo would be a perfect Gothic setting

wb 30th March Read the extract from lsquoRebeccarsquo in Section 3 pick three quotes from this extract which you think make this setting sound

Gothic highlight them Then write them out in your homework book and explode themmdashreally zoom in on single words

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 18: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

18

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Axis The name for the grid we draw

graphs on

Origin The centre of a graph It has the

coordinate (00)

Coordinate The position on a graph measured

from the origin

x-coordinate The horizontal distance from the

origin

y-coordinate The vertical distance from the

origin

Reflection A mirror image of an object when

reflected in a line or a plane

Rotation The image created when a shape

is turned around a known point

Translation The image created when a shape

is moved to a new position

Enlargement Making an object bigger or

smaller by using a scale factor

Scale Factor The number you have to multiply

by when enlarging a shape

Translation Vector A vector that says how far to

move an object in a horizontal or

vertical direction Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Centre The middle point

Clockwise To turn in the same direction as a

clock

Anticlockwise To turn in the opposite direction

to a clock

Horizontal line A line parallel to the horizon

Vertical line A line perpendicular to the

horizon

Subject Maths Topic Coordinate Geometry Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

How would you draw the

line with the equation y=1

Coordinates are in the form (xy)

Therefore to draw the line y=1

all the y-coordinates must be 1

Plotting and connecting the

points (31) (51) and (-21)

would create the line y=1

How would you draw the

line with equation x=2

What information do

you need to rotate a

shape

1 The centre of rotation

2 The angle of rotation

3 The direction of

rotation

What information do

you need to reflect a

shape

A mirror line

What information do

you need to translate a

shape

A translation vector

What information do

you need to enlarge a

shape

A centre of enlargement

A scale factor

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style ques-

tions Q1 Reflect the shape in the mirror line given

Q2 Find the centre of enlargement and state the

scale factor of the enlargement below

Q3 Rotate the shape 90o anticlockwise about point P

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 19: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

19

Year 7 Maths

wb 24th February

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg The origin can be

defined ashellip

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 199

wb 2nd March Section 2 Write instructions to explain to somebody how you would draw the line x=4

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 821

wb 9th March Section 3 Complete Question 1 from Section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 639 Unsure 640 amp 641 Confident 641 amp 652

wb 16th March

Section 1 Write five of the words into full sentences Use the words in a mathematical context eg A reflection ishellip

(You should use different words to the words you chose in week 1)

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 637 Unsure 638 Confident 650

wb 23rd March

Section 2 Write instructions to somebody to explain how to translate a shape

Write instructions to someone to explain how to enlarge a shape

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 642 amp 643 Unsure 643 amp 644 Confident 643 644 amp 651 (Challenge)

wb 30th March Section 3 Complete Questions 2 amp 3 from section 3

Hegarty Maths Video Numbers Getting Started 648 Unsure 649 amp 653 Confident 649 amp 654

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 20: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

20

Subject Science Topic Energy amp Electrical circuits Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Gravitational

store

Energy in a gravitational store is associated with an object being lifted above the Earth

Thermal store Energy in a thermal store is associated with a temperature change

Kinetic store Energy in a kinetic store is associated with a moving object

Nuclear store

Energy in a nuclear store is associated with the fission or fusion of a nucleus

Energy The potential to do work

Dissipation (of

energy)

The transfer of energy to stores that are not useful

Chemical store

Energy in chemical stores comes from the bonds of chemical compounds

Elastic store Energy associated with the changing of shape (deformation) of an object

Magnetic store Energy associated with the separation of the poles magnet

Electrostatic store Energy associated with the separation of charges

Renewable

energy

Energy from a source that is not depleted when used such as wind or solar power

Non-renewable

energy

Energy from a resource that does renew itself quick enough and will eventually run out

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Deplete To use up (past tense depleted)

Transfer Moving from place to place

Fossil fuel

Fuels that were formed underground from living organisms over millions of years

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

1 Name five energy stores

1 Thermal nuclear kinetic elastic electrostatic

2 Describe the Law of Conservation of Energy

2 Energy cannot be created nor destroyed It can only be moved from one store to another

3 Describe some of the ways energy can be transferred

3 Mechanically electrically heating by particles heating by radiation

4 Name three fossil fuels 4 Coal oil gas

5 Name three renewable energy sources

5 Wind power solar power tidal power hydroelectric power geothermal power

6 What is the difference between coal crude oil and gas

6 Coal was formed from dead plants Crude oil and gas were formed from dead plants and animals that once lived in the sea

7 What energy stores may have energy in them when describing a moving car

7 Kinetic store Thermal store Chemical store

8 How is energy transferred to the Earth from the Sun

8 Energy is transferred via radiation

9 Where do people get their energy from

9 People get their energy from the foods that they eat

10 What are the disadvantages of using wind power and solar power

10 Windmdashonly works when itrsquos windy unsightly Solarmdashonly works in the daywhen its sunny expensive to produce

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 21: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

21

Year 7 Science

wb 24th February Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy

wb 2nd March Complete Educake Assignment 1

wb 9th March Complete Educake Assignment 2

wb 16th March Complete Educake Assignment 3

wb 23rd March Complete Educake Assignment 4

wb 30th March Extra practise Read cover write and check Section 1 Vocabulary for Energy Answer

the assessment style questions 1 and 2 found in Section 3

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 22: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

22

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Drought A longer than normal period of

low rainfall

Famine An extreme shortage of food

often caused by a drought

Nomads People who rear animals and

travel with them to find grazing

Sparsely populated An area which has a low

population often in rural

locations

Densely populated An area which has a high

population often in urban

locations

Developing

countries

A country with low human

development eg Somalia

Rural to urban

migration

The movement from rural areas

to urban areas

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Migration The movement of people

Rural Geographical term for the

countryside

Urban Geographical term for towns

cities

Stakeholders A person or a group of people

who have a particular interest in

something eg

environmentalists

Tropics A region of the earth surrounding

the equator

Population The amount of people in one

area

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Figure 1

1 Use rsquothis means thatrsquo to explain two challenges

(problems) of living in the Horn of Africa Write at least 1

paragraph

Figure 2

2 Using the map (figure 2) describe the population

density in Horn of Arica Write at least 1 paragraph Hint

use TEA

Subject Geography Topic Africa Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2a Key Fact Questions

1 What is the largest city in Africa

2 How many people make up a megacity

3 Which four countries make up the Horn of Africa

4 What are the capital cities in the Horn of Africa

5 What is the total population of the Horn of Africa

6 What is the average temperature in the Horn of Africa

7 Which ocean do you find to the east of the Horn of Africa

8 Where is Lake Naivasha located

9 What is flower farming

10 What is fair trade

Section 2b Thinking Questions

Write a paragraph to explain the social and economic challenges

(problems) caused by a drought

Write a paragraph to explain the positives and negatives of flower

farming in Kenya

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 23: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

23

Year 7 Geography

wb 24th February Put at least 7 of the Tier 2 and 3 words into a full geographical

sentence eg Lagos is a densely populated city

wb 2nd March Answer the question based on figure 1 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 9th March Use the self assessment template to mark your own work (from week

2) and improve it

wb 16th March Answer the question based on figure 2 (in section3) Write at least one

paragraph

wb 23rd March Answer the questions in section 2a ndash simple short one or two word

answers is all you need

wb 30th March Full paragraph answers to the questions in 2b Explain your answers

using chains of reasonings

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 24: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

24

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Buboes Huge boils that developed in the

armpits neck and groin due to

the bubonic plague

Bubonic plague A plague spread by the pus from

buboes or by rodents carrying

the plague bacteria

Byzantine Empire A Christian Empire that dominat-

ed Eastern Europe from 395-

1453

Sasanians People from the Sasanian Em-

piremdash224 to 651 AD This was

around modern day Iran

Caliph The title given to the ruler of all

Muslim people in the middle

ages

The Crusades There were many of these in the

middle ages These were Chris-

tian armies sent from Europe to

fight for holy lands such as Jeru-

salem

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Revolt To try to overthrow the leaders

Arabic An ancient language spoken by

people in parts of North Africa

and the Middle-East

Pilgrims People who go on a pilgrimagemdash

a journey to a holy site

Empire A large area made up of many

countries but controlled by just

one

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Subject History Topic Islamic Communities in the Middle Ages Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions 1 In which city was Muhammad born

2 What was the name for a large weapon that was similar to a sling

shot

3 By 711 how far had the lsquoIslamic Empirersquo reached

4 Who paid to construct Baghdad in the middle ages

5 What building was in the centre of Baghdad in the middle ages

6 Which city was captured in the first crusade in the year 1099

7 What was the name of the most famous Muslim leader during

the Crusades

8 What nickname was given to King Richard I of England

9 What nickname was given to Saladin

10 The Songhai Empire was in which part of the world

Section 2b Chains of reasoning questions

Questions

1 lsquoThe main reason the Black Death spread so far was because of

the dirty conditions people lived inrsquo Write a paragraph explaining

whether you agree or disagree with this statement

2 Describe two features of Mecca in the 6th Century (the 500s)

Source A - A modern painting of King Richard I on Crusade

This source supports Richard I How do you know

Write a paragraph that explains your answer Make sure you use details from the source in your answer

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 25: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

25

Year 7 History

wb 24th February

SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words from Tier 3 vocabulary into full sentencesmdasha separate

sentence for each word Use the word in a historical context eg Buboes were very painful

becausehellip

wb 2nd March SECTION 2bmdash Write full a paragraph answer to question 1 in section 2b Explain your answers

using historical words such as causes consequences significant

wb 9th March

Use the PEEL Marking Checklist to mark your own work (from week 2) and improve it Like a lsquogreen

penrsquo task in lesson

wb 16th March SECTION 2bmdash Write a full paragraph answer to question 2 in section 2b Describe your answer in

as much detail as you can

wb 23rd March SECTION 3 - Answer the question based on source A

wb 30th March SECTION 2amdashAnswer the questions in this section ndash simple short one or two word answers is all

you need

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 26: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

26

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

En mi familia hay In my family there isthere

are

Mis padres My parents

Mi madre My mum

Mi padre My dad

Mi abuelo My grandad

Mi abuela My grandma

Mi bisabuela My great-grandma

Mi tiacuteo My uncle

Mi tiacutea My aunty

Mis primos My cousins

Mis amigos My friends

Una casa A house

Un piso A flat

antiguoa old

bonitoa nice

coacutemodoa comfortable

grande big

pequentildeoa small

El norte The north

El sur The south

El este The east

El oeste The west

Section 3 CAF Style Questions

1 Read the texts and write the correct initial for

each sentence

Me llamo Jorge Vivo en un piso muy pequentildeo pero bonito en el centro de una ciudad del desierto en Espantildea Me encanta donde vivo porque es divertido Soy bajo y con el pelo corto Me llamo Elena y tengo trece antildeos Vivo al sur de Cu-ba en Santiago de Cuba en un piso grande Me gusta porque estaacute en la costa Es genial Mi mejor amigo es muy bajo y tiene pecas Me llamo Dani y vivo en una casa grande en un pueb-lo de Chile en el desierto de Atacama Mi madre es pelirroja y tiene pecas pero yo tengo el pelo negro como mi padre Example I live in a large house D 1 I live in a very small flat 2 I live in the south of my country 3 I live in a village in the desert 4 I do not look like my mother 5 My best friend is very short 6 Living in the desert is fun [6 marks]

2 Translate the following text into English

Vivo en un pueblo que se llama Alaior en Menorca Mi pueblo es bastante grande y estaacute en el campo Me

gusta mucho porque es bonito Vivo en una casa coacutemoda y moderna pero no es grande Tengo un her-

mano y una hermana y vivimos con mis abuelos Mi hermano se llama Eduardo y mi hermana se llama

Mercedes Mis abuelos se llaman Aacutengel y Dolores Mi abuelo es alto y delgado y tiene barba Mi abuela

tiene el pelo rubio

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers

iquestDe queacute color tienes los ojos What colour are your eyes

Tengo los ojoshellip (I haveeyes)

azules (blue)

grises (grey)

marrones (brown)

verdes (green) Llevo gafas (I wear glasses)

iquestCoacutemo tienes el pelo Whatrsquos your hair like

Tengo el pelohellip (I havehair)

castantildeo (brown)

rubio (blond)

negro (black)

liso (straight)

rizado (curly)

largo (long)

corto (short) Soy pelirrojoa (Irsquom a redhead) Soy calvo (Irsquom bald)

iquestCoacutemo es What is he she like

Es (he she ishellip)

altoa (tall)

bajoa (short)

delgadoa (slim)

gordoa (fat)

joven (young)

viejoa (old) Tiene pecas (heshe has freckles) Tiene barba (he has a beard)

iquestDoacutende estaacute Where is it

Estaacute enhellip (it is inhellip)

el campo (the country-side)

la costa (the coast)

una ciudad (a town)

el desierto (the desert)

la montantildea (the mountain)

un pueblo (a village)

Subject Spanish Topic My Family and Friends Year 7 Term Spring 2

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 27: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

27

Year 7 Spanish

wb 24th February Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the first 11 words in Section 1 (En mi familia hay - in my family

there isare to mis amigos - my friends) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 2nd March Write a small paragraph in Spanish describing your eyes and hair and describing at least two of your family membersrsquo eyes

and hair Use boxes 1 and 2 in Section 2

wb 9th March Write 5 sentences in Spanish describing your family membersrsquo or your friendsrsquo physical description eg he is tall - es alto

Use box 3 in Section 2 to help you

wb 16th March Learn the Spanish spellings and the English meanings of the last 11 words in Section 1 (una casa - a house to el oeste - the

west) for a vocab check in your next lesson

wb 23rd March Complete task 1 in Section 3 Read the texts and write the correct initial for each sentence

wb 30th March Complete task 2 in Section 3 Translate the text into English

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 28: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

28

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3

Vocabulary Definition

Computational Thinking

Computational thinking is a set of methods that can be used to solve problems either in programs or in real life It includes abstraction decomposition pattern recognition and designing algorithms

Abstraction

Removing the parts of a problem you donrsquot need so that only the parts you do need to solve the problem are left making the problem simpler

Decomposition

A computer science problem solving tool This involves breaking down a complex problem or system into smaller parts that are more manageable and easier to understand

Pattern Recognition

Looking for patterns in data or in a problem can give an easy way to solve or represent the problem in another way eg developing a formula for woking out the fuel costs for running a car for a year

Programming

constructs

Algorithms are designed using common building blocks known as programming constructs These are sequence selection and iteration

Sequence The order that steps are carried out in an algorithm This allows us to carry out tasks that have multiple steps

Selection

A decision within a computer program when the program decides to move on based on the results of an event This uses IF statements

IF xgt 3 Output ldquoYesrdquo ELSE Output ldquoNordquo

Iteration

Where a program will execute a group of instructions zero or more times There are 2 types of iteration

FOR loops perform the commands in the loop a set number of times FOR x in range 1 to 10 will perform the loop 10 times

WHILE loops are repeated until a specific criteria is met WHILE x gt 5 will stop when the variable x becomes 5 or lower

Tier 2 Vocabular

y Definition

Algorithm A set of steps to solve a problem Can be in a computer as a program or in real life such as a recipe or instructions to complete a task

Variable A space in memory used to hold a value that can change while a program is running

Data Type A description of the type of data being stored in a variable A variable can be stored as a string integer float or boolean

Flowchart

A flow chart is a graphical or symbolic representation of an algorithm Each step in the process is represented by a different symbol and contains a short description of the process step

Syntax Following the grammar rules of a programming language

Debugging Finding and fixing mistakes in programs

Section 3

1 What is the data type for each of the

following

A) 7 B)70 C)rdquo7rdquo

2 What is an algorithm

3 Give an example of an algorithm

used by humans

4 Give an example of an algorithm

used by a machine

5 What is a variable

6 What datatype would you use to

store a phone number

7 Find an example of abstraction in

real life and explain it

8 Give an example for each data type

in the table in column 2

9 Draw a flowchart for deciding

whether you need to take a coat with

you Label where you have used the

programming constructs

Subject Computer Science Topic Computational Thinking Year 7 Term Spring 2

Section 2 Key Facts

Questions Answers What is a string A string is a type of variable that hold data values made

up of ordered sequences of characters

What is the difference between the data values 6 and 2

6 is an integer 2 is a single character stored as a string because it has quotation marks around it

What can the arithmetic operations do

Add subtract multiply divide integer division (DIVmdashfind the number of ) and modulus (MODmdashfind the remainder of a division)

Data types

Flowchart symbols

Data type Description Sample data

INTEGER Stores positive or negative whole numbers 17

REAL Stores numbers that contain decimal placesvalues and can also store integers

1765

CHARACTER Stores a single character which can be a letter number or symbol

$

STRING

Stores alphanumeric combinations and text String is a group of characters stored together as one Numbers to be used for calculations should not be stored as string data even though they can be

Bitesize

BOOLEAN Stores True or False only This is sometimes taught as 1 or 0 only where 1 is true and 0 false

True

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 29: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

29

Year 7 Computer Science Spring 2 Computational Thinking

wb 24th February Read cover write ten of the keywords and definitions from column 1

wb 2nd March Answer questions 1mdash5 from column 3

wb 9th March Answer questions 6mdash9 from column 3

wb 16th March Write an algorithm for making your favourite snack in as much detail as possible

wb 23rd March Draw a flowchart for your favourite snack algorithm Make sure you include getting the cutlery and kitchen utensils you

need

wb 30th March

Use a full page of your homework book to create a mindmap of the topic including sketches keywords and definitions

tasks you did and examples to help you remember each part of the topic Use colour and jokes to make it as memorable as

possible

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 30: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

30

Subject Product Design 1 Year 7 Term Spring 2

Belong to BBA

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 Vocabulary Definition

Two-dimensional An object that is flat so that it has

width and height but no thickness

Three-dimensional A solid rather than a flat object

Perspective The art of representing three-

dimensional objects on a two-

dimensional surface

Illusion Something that is false or not real

but seems to be true or real

Horizon The viewers eye line

Vanishing point A point on the horizon into which

all objects vanish

Converging Lines Lines that meet at the vanishing

Typography The style arrangement or

appearance of printed letters on a

page

Tier 2 Vocabulary Definition

Distance The length and space of two points

Surface The surface of something is the flat

top part of it or the outside of it

Height The measurement of someone or

something from head to foot or

from base to top

Width The measurement or extent of

something from side to side the

lesser of two or the least of three

Depth

The distance from the top or

surface to the bottom of

something

Object

A material thing that can be seen

and touched

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

Study the Creative Typography below Look how the

designer has used lots of little junk foods to make up

each of the letters of the word FOOD

The other examples have taken the subject of the

word and used imagery to represent them

Task Create your name in creative typography

Think about using images which best represent you

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

1 What is typography

2 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the

distance

3 How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to

you

4 What does perspective create

5 What is illusion

6 How do you create two point perspective in a drawing

7 What does orthographic drawing usually consist of

8 Explain the technique of sketching

9 When drawing an object what is tone

10 What is form

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 31: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

31

Year 7 Product Design 1

Week 1 What happens to an object as it moves farther into the distance

How does an object appear when itrsquos moving closer to you

Week 2 What is illusion

Week 3 How do you create one-point perspective

Week 4 Can you explain what a mood board is and what designers use them for

Week 5 A client has asked you to design a birthday card for a 9 year old Can you list two requirements for the birthday card

An example The birthday card must contain images appropriate for a 9 year old

Week 6 Why is it important to consider the needs of a client end user while designing a product Give two reasons and justify your

answer

Week 7 Explain what is meant by the term design brief

Week 8 How do you create two point perspective

What is a quick method of producing an illustration using a pencil or a pen

Week 9 What are the names of three different pop-up mechanisms and give examples of when they would be used

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 32: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

32

Subject Product design 2 Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Task Copy out the diagrams and discuss how you

have used the try square during your DT lessons

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Vocabulary Definition

Aesthetics The study of the shape or form of everyday products as

in ldquoThat product is aesthetically pleasingrdquo

Analysis Looking in detail at the design problem what the

problem involves what needs to be looked at

(researched) and who needs to be consulted for advice

Client A person whom the designer is making the product for

and they may be different to the end user or consumer

For example designing clothes for Monsoon Marks and

Spencer etc

Consumer A person who buys products and uses them for their

intended purpose

Design Brief A single sentence that states exactly what the design

problem is

Evaluation The process of recording the good and bad features of

the final design product what other people think of it

and what you would change if you were to repeat the

design task

Model An attempt to build a version of your design to see if it

works if it is the right size or if it looks good This could

be done using CAD

Planning The process of sorting out how the design work will be

done how the product will be made which processes

get done first and the time needed for all of these

activities

Quality

Assurance

The guarantee a company can give that their product

will be reliable based upon the reliability of the tests

carried out when the product was made

Quality

Control

Individual tests carried out to check the product is being

assembled correctly during production

Repair Repair the product donrsquot throw it away Graphics ndash

facelift Systems ndash fix it Design for disassembly so parts

are not thrown away

Strength The ability of a material to resist pressure loads

Function What the product is used for

Testing The process of trying out a product to see if it does its

job or to see if it is strong enough or durable enough

Environment Where the product would be used

The try-square is pushed against the straight

edge of a piece of wood and a marking knife is

then used to mark a straight line across the

material The line is continued all the way

around the wood (all four sides are marked)

method of marking materials helps if a joint is

to be cut or the end of the material is simply to

be sawn away

The woodworkerrsquos try square is composed of two main

parts - the stock and the blade The blade is made from

hardened and tempered steel which makes it resistant to

damage The stock is usually made from rosewood

although cheaper versions can be made from plastic or

cheap woods

A brass face is added to the stock to ensure a straight

edge

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style questions

Give two health and safety rules to follow when using the

tenon saw and give reasons for your answer ______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

How do you use quality control and quality assurance while

producing your phone holder in the work shop

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

What are the properties of pine and why are they suitable for

making your phone holder

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________________________________________

______________

Which of the following material is not a manufactured board

Pine

MDF

Plywood

Chipboard

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 33: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

33

Year 7 Product Design 2

Week 1 SECTION 1mdash Put at least five of the words into a full sentence

Week 2 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 3 List ten health and safety rules that should be followed when performing practical tasks in the workshop Justify your

answers fully

Week 4 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the coping saw Answer the questions in as much detail as

you can

Week 5 SECTION 1mdash Put the next four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

Week 6 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the disc sander Answer the question in as much detail as

you can

Week 7 SECTION 3mdashAnswer all the question in Section 3 Where required use as much detail as possible and justify your response

Week 8 SECTION 2mdashStudy the information and images shown regarding the bench hook Answer the questions in as much detail

as you can

Week 9 SECTION 1mdash Put the final four words into a full sentence Make sure you are using Design and Technology references

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 34: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

34

Belong to BBA

Section 2 Important ideas

1What is the cause of

food poisoning

1The multiplication of harmful bacteria

2What demonstrates a

balanced diet

2The Eatwell Guide

3How do our bones and

teeth stay strong and

support our growth

3 Food high in calcium dairy cheese

butter milk

4 What does protein do

for the body

4 It helps with the growth and repair of

skin tissue and muscle

5 What helps to build the

bodyrsquos immune system

5 Fruits and vegetables help to build our

defences against disease and viruses

6 How can we maintain

good health through diet

6 Follow the Eatwell Guide using the

section to help with portion sizes

7 What are the

consequences of not

following a balanced diet

7 Malnutrition obesity diabetes heart

disease high cholesterol high blood

pressure

8 What are the results of

deficiency in nutrients

8 Rickets from a lack of calcium

anorexia from a lack of calories anaemia

from a lack of iron

9What is the safest

method of cutting an

onion

9The bridge and claw method

10How is bacteria killed 10 hot soapy water using disinfectant or

cooking the food to a core temperature

of 72 degrees

11What are things to

change in your diet to be

more healthy

11 5 fruits and vegetables a day eat less

fat salt and sugar drink more water

donrsquot snack between meals

12 What is the cause of

blocked arteries

12 High cholesterol which can lead to

strokes

Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Obesity The state of being grossly overweight

Vitamins Required in small quantities in the diet because

they cannot be produced by the body

Minerals Substances necessary for the maintenance of

good health

Macronutrient A type of food (eg fat protein carbohydrate)

required in large amounts in the diet

Micronutrient Substance required in small amounts for

normal growth and development (vitamins and

minerals)

Calcium A mineral needed for the growth of bones

Sources of calcium dairy foods and some leafy

green vegetables

Protein Found in meat milk eggs and beans made up

of amino acids essential for growth and repair

Iron Known as the blood mineral Deficiency of iron

is a common cause of anaemia Food sources of

iron meat poultry eggs vegetables and

cereals

High cholesterol Associated with an increased risk of coronary

heart disease

Fats A natural oily substance occurring in animal

products junk foods and ready meals

Dietary Fibre Indigestible portion of food from plants which

helps digestion

Diet The foods that a person regularly eats

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Nutrients Provide nourishment essential for the

maintenance of life and for growth

Calories A type of energy consumed through food and

drink

Appearance How a product or dish looks

Evaluate Form an idea of the value or assess the quality

or effectiveness of a piece of work

Section 3 Possible examCAF-style

questions Bacteria

The factors bacteria need to multiply are Warmth ndash

the danger zone temperatures at which bacteria grow

best are between 5degC and 63degC Food ndash like any other

living thing germs need food to grow High-risk foods

that bacteria love best include dairy products meat

poultry fish and shellfish Water ndash bacteria need

moisture to grow

Fairtrade

What is Fairtrade Trade between

companies in developed countries and

producers in developing countries in

which fair prices are paid to the producers

supporters believe that Fairtrade is making a

significant positive impact in the world

Seasonal Foods

Seasonality of food refers to the times of year when a

type of food is at its peak either in terms of harvest or

its flavour This is usually the time when the item is the

cheapest and the freshest on the market This is

usually when its flavour is at its best

Seasonal food is better for the climate

When your food travels around the world to get to

you it uses lots of energy which means lots of

greenhouse gases These are called Food Miles Fruits

and vegetables that are in season tend to also be

locally produced which means much less pollution

Subject Food Technology Topic Being Healthy Year 7 Term Spring 2

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 35: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

35

Year 7 Food Homework

Week 1 Read the first extract in Section 3 Explain the environment bacteria need to multiply at a quicker rate

Week 2 Read the second extract in Section 3 Write a passage to explain the importance of Fairtrade and how it benefits farmers in

developing countries

Week 3 Read the extract in Section What are the benefits of buying seasonal fruits and vegetables Explain the importance it has on the

environment

Week 4 Read the extracts in Section 3 Write out three quotes from the extracts and annotate them with perceptive inferences

Week 5 Read Section 2 Explain the important nutrients needed to make up a balanced diet

Week 6 Read Section 2 Explain how type two diabetes can occur if you do not follow a healthy balanced diet

What can you do in order to prevent this

Week 7 Read section 1 and section 2 Use the information to design a healthy lifestyle poster for a young person advise them on how to

improve their diet and nutrition

Week 8 Read section all 3 sections How does the sugar tax aim to help people What are the government trying to achieve by adding a tax to

sugar What could it prevent

Week 9 Read section 1 and section 2 How are macronutrients Micronutrients and the Eatwell plate linked

Week 10 Read Section 1 What is the purpose of evaluating each dish you make How do you measure your success And what strategies do you

use

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 36: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

36

Subject Art and design Year 7 Term Spring 2 Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Client brief This sets out what a client expects you to

make or design for them this is your

starting point

Scenario This is the setting given that relates to the

design brief it will give you a theme

Mood board

A collection of images to do with your

theme that can give you inspiration nor-

mally collected from the internet onto a

PowerPoint This is a form of secondary

research

Secondary research This is research that you do based on the

work of others You can look at other

artists and collect images and information

on them

Observational draw-

ing

This is looking at something that is in

front of you

Construction line These are guide lines to help with accurate

drawing skills

Grid drawing A table of squares put over the top of an

image to help process the shape and pro-

portions within an image

Shading

Shading is where you use a pencil to add

tone to your work

Pattern

A series of shapes that are repeated

Poly printing A method of printing where you imprint

an image into a tile Then you ink the tile

up with a roller and print onto a piece of

paper

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Evaluation Saying how you think you did when doing

an activity or using a technique

techniques How to use materials in the best way

Materials The equipment we use in art and design

Section 3

Symmetry

Construction lines

Grid drawing

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Facts about African Art

African art history has played a significant

role in shaping the culture and history of

the world

It started with rock art and cave paintings

found in South Africa over 75 million years

ago

African masks are part of their culture

they would be worn for ceremonies and

social events such as weddings and funerals

Masks would all have a spiritual meaning

Mask making would be passed from father

to son

African masks and patterns were decorated

in earthen colours these are colours that

are made from the natural environment

such as soil (brown) clay (red) chalk (white)

charcoal (black) and sandstone (yellow)

when ground down and mixed with liquid

Many 20th century artists have taken

inspiration from African art such as Picasso

Matisse and Modigliani

African patterns use lots of geometric

shapes that are repeated to make textiles

and clothing

African masks are

symmetrical this

means that they are

the same on both

sides So when you

draw a mask start by

drawing one side and

then do the other side

as a mirror image

When drawing you can use

construction lines to help you

map out where certain fea-

tures should be A construc-

tion line must be sketched so

that they can be rubbed out

later when making your

drawing more accurate

To create an accurate

drawing we can put a grid

over our image then draw

the same grid on a piece of

plain paper Now use the

grid to help you plot where

the outlines and the details

would be

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 37: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

37

Year 7 Art and Design

Week 1

Read through your Knowledge Organiser and highlight or underline six words that you do not understand In your workbook write them down

and then find out their meanings using a dictionary or the internet to get their definitions

Week 2

Explain the word symmetrical and give and example of how it works on a mask

Week 3

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down in your workbook two examples of secondary research say where you would collect this

information from and what you would collect

Week 4

Using your Knowledge Organiser write down 3 facts about African art in your work books

Week 5

Write down what an earthen colour is

What kinds of colours were used and what they were made from

Week 6

Draw out a tonal bar in your homework book label the shaded section that would be the highlights mid tone and shadow

Week 7

Explain how the use of grid drawing and construction lines can help when drawing

Week 8

Write three sentences that include the following key words lsquoobservational drawingrsquo lsquoclient briefrsquo and lsquoconstruction linesrsquo

Week 9

Write an evaluation of 70 words explaining how your book cover design meets the client brief

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 38: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

38

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Ukulele A small four-stringed guitar of Hawaiian origin

Strumming A style of playing which involves running the fingers over all or some of the strings in a rhythm

Finger picking The technique of playing the ukulele by picking individual strings with the fingers or a pick rather than strumming them

Chord A combination of notes played in harmony effected on a ukulele by holding strings at different frets allowing the individual strings to play complementary notes

TablatureTAB A system of music notation for stringed instruments used as an alternative to sheet music In tablature the notes appear as numbers representing the fret position on a set of lines representing the strings

Acoustic The term that means the ukulele makes its sound with no amplification utilising its own construction and sound hole to project the tone and volume

Down stoke The strumming action across the ukulele strings moving from top to bottom

Up stroke The term given to a strum that starts at the bottom of the uke and moves upwards

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Accomplish Achieve or complete something successfully

Differentiate Recognise what makes something different

Section 3 CAF-style questions

Listen to each of the pieces and answer the questions about each one The pieces you need to listen to can be found on YouTube Somewhere Over the Rainbow by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What techniques is used by the ukulele player

throughout the song 2 What mood is created in this version of the

song 3 Why do you think this version of the song was so

popular What A Wonderful World by Israel Kamakawiwoʻole 1 What instruments play the introduction 2 What technique is used by the ukulele player Hey Soul Sister by Train 1 What instrument plays the introduction 2 What instruments join in as the song progresses Im Yours by Jason Mraz 1 What instruments are used in this song 2 What happens to the ukulele as the song

progresses Which piece showcases the ukulele the best in your opinion Justify your answer

Section 2Key FactMethodsProcessesQuestions

The ukulele is so popular today due to famous songs such as ldquoSomewhere Over The Rainbowrdquo ldquoIrsquom Yoursrdquo and ldquoHey Soul Sisterrdquo and exposure from top ukulele players such as Jake Shimabukuro James Hill and others Other large instruments can come across as quite intimidating and brash whereas a ukulele is a simple unpretentious instrument On top of the joyful sounds it produces itrsquos also a practical instrument Itrsquos portable affordable and not overly difficult to play Ukuleles come in four sizes soprano concert tenor and baritone These different sizes mean they are comfortable for almost anyone to play Many other instruments take years of intensive study to master but there is a level of immediate gratification when learning the ukulele Its beautiful sounds and ease of use mean you can strum along nicely after learning just a few basic chords You donrsquot even need to read music to learn the ukulele But you will need to learn how to read simple ukulele music tabs Although the ukulele is an old instrument that is entwined throughout the Hawaiian and Portuguese culture many have snubbed the ukulele as a kids toy But a ukulele isnrsquot a toy and itrsquos not a mini guitar for kids either A ukulele is a member of the lute family and deserves its place in all genres of music In fact over the past few years artists have broken boundaries and really shown us what the ukulele can do Ukuleles came onto the scene in 1879 A Portuguese man Joao Fernandez immigrated to Hawaii to work in the sugar cane fields As he reached the shores of the tropical islands he jumped off a boat and started playing a ldquobraguinhardquo (small guitar-like instrument) The local Hawaiians watched in awe as he strummed and plucked away at the strings They were so fascinated that they named the instrument ldquoukulelerdquo which literally translates to ldquojumping fleardquo Even the reigning monarch at the time King Kalakaua learned how to play it After mastering the art he promoted the ukulele as a traditional Hawaiian instrument By 1900 it was a local sensation across the islands

Subject Music Topic Ukulele Year 7 Term Spring 2

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 39: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

39

Year 7 Music

wb 24th February Complete the listening tasks in section 3 CAF style questions Make sure you read all the information carefully

wb 2nd March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 9th March Section 2 is factual information about the popularity and history of the ukulele Using this information create a poster or leaflet to encourage people to begin learning the ukulele The leafletposter must include the types of ukulele the family it is from how old it is songs that have made it popular and how it became associated with Hawaii

wb 16th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

wb 23rd March Use the keywords to explain how to play a simple pattern on the ukulele Use your knowledge from playing the ukulele in class to

help you

wb 30th March DO YOUR DRAMA HOMEWORK

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 40: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

40

Belong to BBA Section 1 Key Vocabulary

Tier 3 vocabulary Definition

Narration

Narration is the use of spoken

commentary to convey a story to

an audience

Vocal Expression

Vocal expression is how the actor

expresses their lines verbally The

same line can be said but given

different meaning with a different

expression

Sound Scape

A soundscape is a collection of

sounds created by either the

actors themselves or by some

form of percussion

Structure

Structure is the way in which

dramatic scenes are ordered and

sequenced on stage

Flashing Backwards

amp Forwards

Flash-forward is a device in

which the plot goes ahead of

time meaning a scene that

interrupts and takes the narrative

forward in time from the current

time in the story Generally a

flash-forward represents

expected or imagined events in

the future interjected into the

main plot revealing important

information to the story that has

yet to be brought to light It is the

opposite of a flashback which

reveals past events

Tier 2 vocabulary Definition

Communicate To share or exchange

information news or ideas

Section 3 Possible Exam CAF key information

Vocal Expression

Try delivering the line

ldquoI really donrsquot know the answer to thatrdquo

In the following tones of voice

1 With sadness

2 With excitement

3 With frustration

4 With anger

5 With happiness

Question Do any of them make more sense that others

Why Please explain

Spoken Language

Theres a vast range of spoken language you can use in a drama

The words you choose need to be just right for the character the

setting and the situation

Language registers - remember to change the way you speak to

different people Our language register should match the role so if

youre playing a judge in a drama keep the register formal and

dont ask your witness Right mate what happened next then

Verse - use this in stylised drama or in genres such as pantomime

Shakespearean language - this can be useful if you want to reflect

Shakespearean times or to evoke Shakespeares plays

Slang dialect - use this if you want to reflect down-to-earth daily

life Donrsquot use a dialect that your character wouldnrsquot speak and

donrsquot use slang in the wrong setting - saying OK instead of Yes in

a Victorian drama would sound very strange

Section 2 Key FactMethodsProcesses

Questions

Reviewing your performance work

Key things to consider as part of your review

The techniques used and the impact that they had on the

performance

The actors use of physical movements and gestures

The actors use of facial expression

The actors use of their voice including projection diction

and vocal expression

The actors ability to stay in role and not corpse

The actors ability to respond to cues and remember lines

Use of props and or token costume

The intended impact on the audience

The audiences response

Target Setting

When target setting you need to consider the following

1 Identify exactly what aspect of your performance

work you need to improvendash be specific

2 Identify the steps that need to be taken in order to

achieve your target

3 Set a realistic time scale for improvement

4 Check your progress regularly

5 Outline what success will look like to help you to

track your progress

6 Be reflective and persistent

Subject Drama Year 7 Term Spring 2

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 41: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

41

Year 7 Drama

wb 24th February Music homework to be completed this week

wb 2nd March Peer assessment- Choose someone in your group to peer-assess Write a paragraph about their strengths and then list

three things they could do to improve their use of the taught drama skills or their teamwork

wb 9th March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 16th March Use Section 2 to help you to set targets for improvement

wb 23rd March Music homework to be completed this week

wb 30th March Write a review of your performance work Use Sections 1amp2 to help you with key words and subject-specific vocabulary

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 42: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

42

Notes

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 43: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

43

Notes

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 44: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

44

Notes

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 45: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

45

Notes

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 46: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

46

Notes

47

Notes

48

Page 47: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

47

Notes

48

Page 48: Morris Samuels423eb635t0d744iv013lca66-wpengine.netdna-ssl.com/wp... · 2020-03-16 · Morris Samuels Morris Samuels Rebecca Adlington House Colour: Blue *An ME, Most Excellent Order

48